HLH Series Precision Slide Cylinder (Side Rail Type)

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X30S

  Specifications: HLH10X30S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 76.5 mm AB 65 mm AC 75.5 mm JB 30 mm KB 35 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 172 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $110.97

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X15S

  Specifications: HLH10X15S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 15 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X15 15 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 61.5 mm AB 50 mm AC 60.5 mm JB 24 mm KB 20 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 140 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $91.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X60S

  Specifications: HLH20X60S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 60 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 128 mm AB 112.5 mm AC 122.5 mm JB 70 mm KB 70 mm LB 30 mm LC 30 mm N 6 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 654 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $398.29

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X50S

  Specifications: HLH20X50S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 118 mm AB 102.5 mm AC 113.5 mm JB 70 mm KB 60 mm LB 25 mm LC 25 mm N 6 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 605 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $368.89

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X40S

  Specifications: HLH20X40S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 108 mm AB 92.5 mm AC 101.5 mm JB 50 mm KB 50 mm LB 20 mm LC 20 mm N 6 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 556 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $339.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X30S

  Specifications: HLH20X30S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 98 mm AB 82.5 mm AC 92 mm JB 40 mm KB 40 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 510 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $311.81

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X25S

  Specifications: HLH20X25S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 25 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X25 25 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 93 mm AB 77.5 mm AC 92 mm JB 40 mm KB 35 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 494 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $302.22

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X20S

  Specifications: HLH20X20S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 88 mm AB 72.5 mm AC 82 mm JB 25 mm KB 30 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 478 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $292.50

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X15S

  Specifications: HLH20X15S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 15 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X15 15 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 83 mm AB 67.5 mm AC 82 mm JB 25 mm KB 25 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 462 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $282.88

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X10S

  Specifications: HLH20X10S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 78 mm AB 62.5 mm AC 72 mm JB 20 mm KB 20 mm LB 10 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 446 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $273.18

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH20X5S

  Specifications: HLH20X5S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 5 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 20 20 mm bore X5 5 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.1 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 73 mm AB 57.5 mm AC 72 mm JB 20 mm KB 15 mm LB 10 mm N 4 holes Body width 32 mm Body height 64.5 mm Plate height 63.5 mm Top fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth8 Front fixing thread M5 × 0.8; depth11 Body through hole Ø5; Ø9.5 counterbore depth8 Body mounting thread M6 × 1.0 through Top hole transverse pitch 20 mm Piston-rod diameter 8 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 6.29 /6.29 /6.61 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 15 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 47 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Through-body hole length L1 24 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M6 ×1.0 / 8.1 N·m / 16 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 8 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 11 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9.5 mm; M5 ×0.8; 5.1 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 430 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $263.42

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X60S

  Specifications: HLH16X60S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 60 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 116 mm AB 102 mm AC 114.5 mm JB 60 mm KB 70 mm LB 30 mm LC 30 mm N 6 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 382 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $237.01

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X50S

  Specifications: HLH16X50S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 106 mm AB 92 mm AC 104.5 mm JB 60 mm KB 60 mm LB 25 mm LC 25 mm N 6 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 350 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $217.69

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X40S

  Specifications: HLH16X40S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 96 mm AB 82 mm AC 95 mm JB 50 mm KB 50 mm LB 20 mm LC 20 mm N 6 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 320 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $199.44

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X30S

  Specifications: HLH16X30S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 86 mm AB 72 mm AC 84.5 mm JB 40 mm KB 40 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 290 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $181.22

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X25S

  Specifications: HLH16X25S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 25 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X25 25 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 81 mm AB 67 mm AC 80 mm JB 40 mm KB 35 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 277 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $173.55

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X20S

  Specifications: HLH16X20S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 76 mm AB 62 mm AC 75 mm JB 30 mm KB 30 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 264 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $165.58

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X15S

  Specifications: HLH16X15S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 15 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X15 15 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 71 mm AB 57 mm AC 69.5 mm JB 30 mm KB 25 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 248 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $155.91

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X10S

  Specifications: HLH16X10S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 66 mm AB 52 mm AC 64.5 mm JB 20 mm KB 20 mm LB 10 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 233 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $146.92

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH16X5S

  Specifications: HLH16X5S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 5 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 16 16 mm bore X5 5 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.05 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 61 mm AB 47 mm AC 60 mm JB 20 mm KB 15 mm LB 10 mm N 4 holes Body width 25 mm Body height 53.5 mm Plate height 52.5 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth10 Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 17 mm Piston-rod diameter 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 3.28 /3.28 /3.45 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 10 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 35 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 20.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 16.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 10 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 9 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 218 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $137.96

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X50S

  Specifications: HLH10X50S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 96.5 mm AB 85 mm AC 93 mm JB 55 mm KB 55 mm LB 25 mm LC 25 mm N 6 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 214 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $136.56

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X40S

  Specifications: HLH10X40S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 86.5 mm AB 75 mm AC 85.5 mm JB 45 mm KB 45 mm LB 20 mm LC 20 mm N 6 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 194 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $124.26

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X25S

  Specifications: HLH10X25S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 25 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X25 25 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 71.5 mm AB 60 mm AC 70.5 mm JB 30 mm KB 30 mm LB 30 mm N 4 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 162 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $104.86

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HLH series: side-guide precision slide-table cylinder - HLH10X20S

  Specifications: HLH10X20S is a double-acting side-guide recirculating-ball precision slide-table cylinder with a 10 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLH Side-guide precision slide table 10 10 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.025 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 66.5 mm AB 55 mm AC 63 mm JB 24 mm KB 25 mm LB 20 mm N 4 holes Body width 20 mm Body height 47 mm Plate height 46 mm Top fixing thread M4 × 0.7; depth6 Front fixing thread M4 × 0.7 through Body through hole Ø4.5; Ø7.5 counterbore depth4.5 Body mounting thread M5 × 0.8 through Top hole transverse pitch 12 mm Piston-rod diameter 4 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load, moment and sensing limits Parameter Details Allowable pitch Mp / yaw My / roll Mr 0.95 /0.95 /1.49 N·m Minimum neighboring-cylinder clearance d 5 mm Corresponding center/reference separation L 25 mm Use the appropriate load-versus-overhang curve for vertical or horizontal mounting. Curves are grouped by maximum speed100,300 or500 mm/s; the horizontal examples additionally distinguish load offsets50,100 and200 mm. The moment/deflection curves distinguish pitch, yaw and roll and the applicable stroke. Do not infer a universal payload from one curve. Mounting limits Parameter Details Through-body fixing screw / maximum tightening torque M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Through-body hole length L1 15.6 mm Transverse threaded-body fixing M5 ×0.8 / 5.1 N·m / 11.2 mm depth Axial / vertical body fixing screw depth 6 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Front workpiece fixing maximum depth 7.5 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Top workpiece fixing maximum depth 8 mm; M4 ×0.7; 2.5 N·m Mount the body from either side, rear or bottom. Workpieces can be attached to the top or front of the slide. Three inlet/outlet sets are available; rear ports are the default arrangement, and side ports are plugged. Move the connection only as shown and seal the unused ports. Hold the slide table when tightening fixture screws. Holding the body while applying excessive torque to the slide can reduce guide accuracy. Do not exceed the listed screw penetration, load or moment limits. Apply external pushing force in line with the piston-rod axis. Use a speed controller and keep speed at or below500 mm/s. Internal structure and materials 1. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 2. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 3. Flanged hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 4. Hex nut: Free-cutting steel. 5. Rod O-ring: NBR. 6. Body: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Medium-carbon steel. 8. Guide rail: Stainless steel. 9. Slide block: Material not separately specified. 10. Bumper cup: TPU. 11. Magnet holder: Aluminum alloy. 12. Magnet pad: NBR. 13. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 14. Steel ball: SUS304. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 17. O-ring: NBR. 18. Bumper cup: TPU. 19. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 20. C retaining ring: Spring steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLH cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With the earlier English-edition cylinder, use this selected 5V/4A branch at 0.2–0.7 MPa; a confirmed 2022-edition cylinder permits 0.15–0.7 MPa. The common temperature limit is −20 to +70°C. Apply temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 150 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $97.38

  View options

Show more products